blob: 573666eeedd0da6b2019a3b469ab6fe2d01db8ee [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200260 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000261
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530275See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530324- Marvell Family Member
325 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
326 multiple fs option at one time
327 for marvell soc family
328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000329- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 Define exactly one of
331 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000332
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200333- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000341- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000345 See doc/README.MPC866
346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000355
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000379 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
380
381 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
382 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
383 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
384 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
385 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
386 purpose.
387
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
389
390 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
391 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
393
394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
395 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
396
397 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
398 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
399
400 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
401 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
402 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
403 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
404
405 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
406 this erratum.
407
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530408 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
409 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
410 requred during NOR boot.
411
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
413
414 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
415 according to the A004510 workaround.
416
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
418 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
419 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
420
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530421 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
422 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
423 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
424
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
427 connected to the DSP core.
428
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530432 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
433 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
434 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
435 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
436
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
438 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
439 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
440
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800441 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
442 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
443 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
444
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000445- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
447 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
448 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
449 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
450 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
451
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000452 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
453
454 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
455 values is arch specific.
456
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
458 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
459 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
460 SoCs.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
463 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
466 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
467 deskew training are not available.
468
469 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
470 Freescale DDR1 controller.
471
472 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
473 Freescale DDR2 controller.
474
475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
476 Freescale DDR3 controller.
477
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
479 Freescale DDR4 controller.
480
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
482 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
483
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
485 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
486 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
487 implemetation.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
490 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
491 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
492 implementation.
493
494 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
495 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700496 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
497
498 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
499 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
500 DDR3L controllers.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
503 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
504 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700505
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
507 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
508
509 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
510 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
511
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530512 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
513 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
514 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
515
516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
517 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
518 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
519 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
520
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530521 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
522 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
523 concatenated with u-boot binary.
524
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800525 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
526 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
527
528 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
529 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
530
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800531 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
532 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
533 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
534 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
535
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
537 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
538 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
539 SoCs with ARM core.
540
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700541 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
542 Number of controllers used as main memory.
543
544 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
545 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
546
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100547- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200548 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100549
550 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
551 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
552 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
553
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200554 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200555
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100556 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
557 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200558 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100559 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200560
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200561- MIPS CPU options:
562 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
563
564 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
565 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
566 relocation.
567
568 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
569
570 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
571 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
572 Possible values are:
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
575 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
576 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
577 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
578 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
579 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
580 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
581
582 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
583
584 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
585 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
586
587 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
588
589 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
590 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
591 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
592
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000593- ARM options:
594 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
595
596 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
597 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
598
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000599 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
600
601 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
602 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
603 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
604 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
605 GCC.
606
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000607 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000608 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
609 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
610 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500611 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500612 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000613
614 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
615 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
616 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
617 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
618 set these options unless they apply!
619
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000620- CPU timer options:
621 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
622
623 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
624 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
625 option must be set to 1000.
626
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000627- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000628 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
629
630 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
631 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
632 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
633 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
634 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
635 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
636 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000637 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100638 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000639 default environment.
640
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000641 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
642
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200643 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000644 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
645 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
646
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400647 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200648
649 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400650 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
651 concepts).
652
653 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
654 * New libfdt-based support
655 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500656 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400657
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200658 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
659 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
660 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
661 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200662 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600663 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200664
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200665 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
666 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500667
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600668 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
669
670 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
671 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000672
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500673 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
674
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200675 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500676 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
677
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200678 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
679
680 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
681 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
682 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
683 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
684 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
685 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
686
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000687 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
688
689 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
690 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
691 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
692 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
693 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
694 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
695 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
696
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100697- vxWorks boot parameters:
698
699 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
700 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
701 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
702
703 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
704 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
705 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
706 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
707
708 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
709
710 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
711
712 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
713 the defaults discussed just above.
714
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000715- Cache Configuration:
716 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
717 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
718 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
719
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000720- Cache Configuration for ARM:
721 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
722 controller
723 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
724 controller register space
725
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000726- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200727 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000728
729 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
730
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200731 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000732
733 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
734
735 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
736
737 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
738 the clock speed of the UARTs.
739
740 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
741
742 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
743 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
744 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
745
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000746 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
747
748 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
749 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
750 this variable to initialize the extra register.
751
752 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
753
754 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
755 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
756 variable to flush the UART at init time.
757
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400758 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
759
760 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
761 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000762
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000763- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000764 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
765 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
766 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
767 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000768
769 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
770 port routines must be defined elsewhere
771 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
772
773 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
774 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000775 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000776 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
777 (default big endian)
778 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
779 rectangle fill
780 (cf. smiLynxEM)
781 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
782 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
783 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
784 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000785 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
786 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000787 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
788 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000789 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000790 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
791 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
792 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
793 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
794 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
795 (i.e. i8042_getc)
796 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
797 (requires blink timer
798 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200799 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000800 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
801 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500802 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000803 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
804 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000805 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
806 linux_logo.h for logo.
807 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000808 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200809 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 the logo
811
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000812 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
813 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
814 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
815
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000816 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
817 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
818 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000820 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
821 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
822 the "silent" environment variable. See
823 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000824
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200825 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
826 is 0x00.
827 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
828 is 0xa0.
829
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000830- Console Baudrate:
831 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
832 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200833 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
834 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000835
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100836- Console Rx buffer length
837 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
838 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100839 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100840 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
841 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
842 the SMC.
843
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000844- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200845 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
846 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
847 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
848 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
849 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
850 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
851 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200852 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200853 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000854
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200855 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
856 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000857
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000858- Safe printf() functions
859 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
860 the printf() functions. These are defined in
861 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
862 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
863 If this option is not given then these functions will
864 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
865 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
866
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000867- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
868 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
869 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000870 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
871 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872
873 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
874 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
875 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
876 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
877 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
878 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
879 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
880 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
881 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
882 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
883 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
884 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
885
886- Autoboot Command:
887 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
888 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
889 define a command string that is automatically executed
890 when no character is read on the console interface
891 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
892
893 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000894 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
895 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
896 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
898 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000899 The value of these goes into the environment as
900 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
901 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200902 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000903
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100904- Bootcount:
905 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
906 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
907 cycle, see:
908 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
909
910 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
911 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
912 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
913 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
914 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
915 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
916 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
917 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
918 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
919
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000920- Pre-Boot Commands:
921 CONFIG_PREBOOT
922
923 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
924 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
925 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
926 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
927 entering interactive mode.
928
929 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
930 automatically generated or modified. For an example
931 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
932 modified when the user holds down a certain
933 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
934 booting the systems
935
936- Serial Download Echo Mode:
937 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
938 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
939 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
940 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
941 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
942 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
943 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
944
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500945- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000946 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
947 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200948 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000949
950- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500951 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
952 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000953 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
954 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500955 and augmenting with additional #define's
956 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000957
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500958 The default command configuration includes all commands
959 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000960
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100961 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500962 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500963 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
964 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
965 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
966 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
967 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400968 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500969 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800970 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500971 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500972 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500973 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
974 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
975 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600976 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
977 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
978 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
979 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500980 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
981 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500982 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500983 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
984 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600985 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600986 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500987 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500988 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000989 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
990 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700991 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
992 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500993 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500994 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000995 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
997 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200998 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000999 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001000 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001001 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001002 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001003 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1004 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1005 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1006 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001007 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001008 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001009 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001010 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001011 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001012 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001013 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1014 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1015 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1016 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001017 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001018 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1019 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001020 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1021 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001022 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001023 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001024 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001025 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001026 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001027 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001028 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1029 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1030 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001031 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001032 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1033 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001034 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001035 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001036 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001037 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1038 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1039 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1040 host
1041 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001042 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001043 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1044 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001045 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1047 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1048 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1049 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1050 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1051 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001052 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001053 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001054 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001055 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001056 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001057 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001058 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001059 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001060 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1061 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001062 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001063 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001064 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001065 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001066 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001067
1068 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1069 support you can write:
1070
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001071 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1072 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001073
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001074 Other Commands:
1075 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001076
1077 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001078 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001079 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1080 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1081 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1082 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1083 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1084 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001085
1086
1087 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1088
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001089- Regular expression support:
1090 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001091 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1092 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1093 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1094 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001095
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001096- Device tree:
1097 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1098 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1099 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1100 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1101 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1102 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1103
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001104 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1105 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001106
1107 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1108 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1109 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1110 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1111 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1112 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001113
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001114 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1115 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1116 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1117 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1118
1119 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1120
1121 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1122 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1123 still use the individual files if you need something more
1124 exotic.
1125
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001126- Watchdog:
1127 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1128 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001129 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1130 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1131 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1132 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1133 available, then no further board specific code should
1134 be needed to use it.
1135
1136 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1137 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1138 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1139 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001140
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001141- U-Boot Version:
1142 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1143 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1144 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1145 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001146 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1147 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001148
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001149- Real-Time Clock:
1150
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001151 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1153 following options:
1154
1155 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1156 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001157 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001159 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001160 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001161 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001162 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001163 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001164 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001165 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001166 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001167 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1168 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001169
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001170 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1171 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1172
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001173- GPIO Support:
1174 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001175
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001176 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1177 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1178 pins supported by a particular chip.
1179
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001180 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1181 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1182
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001183- I/O tracing:
1184 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1185 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1186 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1187 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1188 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1189 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1190 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1191 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1192
1193 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1194 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1195 still continue to operate.
1196
1197 iotrace is enabled
1198 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1199 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1200 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1201 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1202 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1203 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1204
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001205- Timestamp Support:
1206
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001207 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1208 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1209 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001210 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001211
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001212- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1213 Zero or more of the following:
1214 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1215 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1216 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1217 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1218 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1219 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1220 disk/part_efi.c
1221 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001222
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001223 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1224 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001225 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001226
1227- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001228 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1229 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001230
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001231 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1232 be performed by calling the function
1233 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1234 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001235
1236- ATAPI Support:
1237 CONFIG_ATAPI
1238
1239 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1240
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001241- LBA48 Support
1242 CONFIG_LBA48
1243
1244 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001245 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001246 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1247 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1248
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001249 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001250 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1251 Default is 32bit.
1252
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001253- SCSI Support:
1254 At the moment only there is only support for the
1255 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1256 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001258 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1259 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1260 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001261 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1262 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001263 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001264
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001265 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1266 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001267
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001268- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001269 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001270 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1271
1272 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1273 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1274 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1275 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1276
1277 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1278 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1279 example with the "sspi" command.
1280
1281 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1282 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1283 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001284
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001285 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001286 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001287
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001288 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1289 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001290 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001291 write routine for first time initialisation.
1292
1293 CONFIG_TULIP
1294 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1295 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1296 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1297
1298 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1299 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1300
1301 CONFIG_NS8382X
1302 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1303
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001304- NETWORK Support (other):
1305
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001306 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1307 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1308
1309 CONFIG_RMII
1310 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1311
1312 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1313 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1314 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1315
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001316 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1317 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1318
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001319 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001320 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1321
1322 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1323 Define this to hold the physical address
1324 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1325
1326 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1327 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1328
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001329 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001330 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1331
1332 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1333 Define this to hold the physical address
1334 of the device (I/O space)
1335
1336 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1337 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1338
1339 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1340 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1341 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1342
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001343 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1344 Support for davinci emac
1345
1346 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1347 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1348
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001349 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1350 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1351
1352 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1353 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1354 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1355 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1356 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1357 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1358 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1359 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1360
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001361 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001362 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1363
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001364 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001365 Define this to hold the physical address
1366 of the device (I/O space)
1367
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001368 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001369 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1370
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001371 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001372 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1373 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001374 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001375
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001376 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1377 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1378
1379 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1380 Define the number of ports to be used
1381
1382 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1383 Define the ETH PHY's address
1384
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001385 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1386 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1387
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001388- PWM Support:
1389 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1390 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1391
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001392- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001393 CONFIG_TPM
1394 Support TPM devices.
1395
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001396 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1397 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1398 per system is supported at this time.
1399
1400 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1401 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1402
1403 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1404 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1405
1406 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1407 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1408
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001409 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1410 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1411
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001412 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001413 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1414 per system is supported at this time.
1415
1416 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1417 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1418 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1419 0xfed40000.
1420
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001421 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1422 Add tpm monitor functions.
1423 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1424 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1425
1426 CONFIG_TPM
1427 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1428 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1429 Requires support for a TPM device.
1430
1431 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1432 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1433 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1434
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001435- USB Support:
1436 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001437 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001438 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1439 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001440 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001441 storage devices.
1442 Note:
1443 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1444 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001445 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1446 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1447 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001448 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1449 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001450 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1451 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1452 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001453 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1454 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001455 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001456 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1457 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001458
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001459 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1460 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1461
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001462- USB Device:
1463 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1464 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1465 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001466 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001467 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1468 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001469 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001470 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1471 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1472 a Linux host by
1473 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1474 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1475 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1476 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001477
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001478 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1479 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001480
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001481 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1482 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1483 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001484
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301485 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1486 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1487 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1488 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1489 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1490 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1491 speed.
1492
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001493 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001494 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1495 be set to usbtty.
1496
1497 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001498 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001499 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001500 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001501
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001502 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001503 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001504 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001505
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001506 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001507 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001508 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001509 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1510 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1511 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1512
1513 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1514 Define this string as the name of your company for
1515 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001516
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001517 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1518 Define this string as the name of your product
1519 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1520
1521 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1522 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1523 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1524 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1525 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001526
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001527 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1528 Define this as the unique Product ID
1529 for your device
1530 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001531
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001532- ULPI Layer Support:
1533 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1534 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1535 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1536 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1537 viewport is supported.
1538 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1539 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001540 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1541 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1542 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001543
1544- MMC Support:
1545 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1546 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1547 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1548 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001549 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1550 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001551
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001552 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1553 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1554
1555 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1556 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1557
1558 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1559 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1560
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001561 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1562 Enable the generic MMC driver
1563
1564 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1565 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1566
1567 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1568 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1569 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1570
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001571- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1572 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1573 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1574
1575 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1576 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1577 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1578 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1579 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1580
1581 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1582 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1583
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001584 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1585 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1586
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301587 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1588 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1589 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1590 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1591 one that would help mostly the developer.
1592
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001593 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1594 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1595 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1596 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1597 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1598
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001599 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1600 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1601 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1602 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1603 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1604 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1605
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001606 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1607 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1608 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1609 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1610
1611 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1612 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1613 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1614 sending again an USB request to the device.
1615
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001616- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1617 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1618 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1619 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1620 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1621 used on Android devices.
1622 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1623
1624 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1625 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1626 image format header.
1627
1628 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1629 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1630 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1631 downloaded images.
1632
1633 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1634 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1635 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1636 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1637
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001638- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1639 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1640 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1641 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1642
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001643 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1644 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001645 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1646
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001647 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001648 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1649 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1650
1651 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001652 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001653 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1654 have not defined a custom partition
1655
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001656- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1657 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001658
1659 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1660 file in FAT formatted partition.
1661
1662 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1663 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001664
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001665CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1666 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1667
1668 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1669 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1670 and cbfsload.
1671
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301672- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1673 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1674
1675 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1676 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1677
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001678- Keyboard Support:
1679 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1680
1681 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1682 support
1683
1684 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1685 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1686 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1687 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1688 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1689
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001690 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1691 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1692 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1693 which provides key scans on request.
1694
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001695- Video support:
1696 CONFIG_VIDEO
1697
1698 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1699 video).
1700
1701 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1702
1703 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1704
1705 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001706 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001707 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1708 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1709 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001710
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001711 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001712 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001713 are possible:
1714 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001715 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001716
1717 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1718 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1719 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1720 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1721 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1722 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1723 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001724 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1725
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001726 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001727 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001728
1729
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001730 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001731 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001732 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1733 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1734
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001735 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001736 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001737 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1738 support, and should also define these other macros:
1739
1740 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1741 CONFIG_VIDEO
1742 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1743 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1744 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1745 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1746 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1747 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1748
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001749 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1750 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1751 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1752 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001753
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001754 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1755
1756 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1757 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1758 driver.
1759
1760
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001761- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001762 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001763
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001764 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1765 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1766 defined in your board-specific files.
1767 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001768
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001769- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1770
1771 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1772 display); also select one of the supported displays
1773 by defining one of these:
1774
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001775 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1776
1777 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1778
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001779 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001780
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001781 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001782
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001783 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001784
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001785 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1786 Active, color, single scan.
1787
1788 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1789
1790 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001791 Active, color, single scan.
1792
1793 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1794
1795 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1796 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1797
1798 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1799
1800 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1801 Active, color, single scan.
1802
1803 CONFIG_HLD1045
1804
1805 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1806 Active, color, single scan.
1807
1808 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1809
1810 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1811 or
1812 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1813 or
1814 Hitachi SP14Q002
1815
1816 320x240. Black & white.
1817
1818 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001819 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001820
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001821 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1822
1823 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1824 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1825 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1826 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1827 a per-section basis.
1828
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001829 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1830
1831 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1832 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1833 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1834 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001835
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001836 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1837
1838 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1839
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001840 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1841
1842 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1843 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1844
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001845- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001846
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001847 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1848 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1849 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001850 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001851 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1852 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1853 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1854 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001855
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001856 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1857
1858 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1859 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001860 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001861 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1862 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1863 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1864 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1865 there is no need to set this option.
1866
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001867 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1868
1869 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1870 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1871 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1872 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1873 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1874 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1875
1876 Example:
1877 setenv splashpos m,m
1878 => image at center of screen
1879
1880 setenv splashpos 30,20
1881 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1882
1883 setenv splashpos -10,m
1884 => vertically centered image
1885 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1886
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001887- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1888
1889 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1890 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1891 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1892
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001893- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1894
1895 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1896 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1897 bmp command.
1898
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001899- Do compresssing for memory range:
1900 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1901
1902 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1903 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1904
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001905- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001906 CONFIG_GZIP
1907
1908 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1909
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001910 CONFIG_BZIP2
1911
1912 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1913 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1914 compressed images are supported.
1915
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001916 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001917 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001918 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001919
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001920 CONFIG_LZMA
1921
1922 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1923 images is included.
1924
1925 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1926 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1927 formula:
1928
1929 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1930
1931 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1932 and Literal pos bits.
1933
1934 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1935 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1936 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1937 a very small buffer.
1938
1939 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1940 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001941 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001942
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001943 CONFIG_LZO
1944
1945 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1946 is included.
1947
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001948- MII/PHY support:
1949 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1950
1951 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1952
1953 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1954
1955 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1956
1957 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1958
1959 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001960 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001961
1962 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1963
1964 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1965 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1966 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1967 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1968
1969 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1970
1971 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1972 command issued before MII status register can be read
1973
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001974- Ethernet address:
1975 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001976 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001977 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1978 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001979 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1980 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001981
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001982 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1983 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001984 is not determined automatically.
1985
1986- IP address:
1987 CONFIG_IPADDR
1988
1989 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001990 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001991 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001992 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001993
1994- Server IP address:
1995 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1996
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001997 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001998 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001999 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002000
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002001 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2002
2003 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2004 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2005
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002006- Gateway IP address:
2007 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2008
2009 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2010 default router where packets to other networks are
2011 sent to.
2012 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2013
2014- Subnet mask:
2015 CONFIG_NETMASK
2016
2017 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2018 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2019 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2020 forwarded through a router.
2021 (Environment variable "netmask")
2022
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002023- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2024 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2025
2026 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2027 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002028 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002029 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2030 multicast group.
2031
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2033 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2034
2035 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2036 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2037 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2038 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2039 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2040 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2041 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2042 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002043 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002044
2045 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2046 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2047 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2048 4th and following
2049 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2050
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002051 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2052
2053 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2054 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2055 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2056 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2057 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2058 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2059 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2060 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2061 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2062 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2063 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2064 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2065 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2066 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2067 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2068
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002069- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002070 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2071 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002072
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002073 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2074 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2075 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2076 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2077 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2078 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2079 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2080 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2081 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2082 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2083 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2084 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002085 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002086
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002087 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2088 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002089
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002090 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2091 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2092 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2093 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2094 is not available.
2095
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002096 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2097 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2098 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2099 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2100 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2101 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2102 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002103 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002104
2105 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2106 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2107 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002108 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002109 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2110 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002111
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002112 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2113
2114 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2115 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2116 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2117 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2118 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2119 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2120 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2121 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2122 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2123 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2124 this delay.
2125
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002126 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2127 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2128 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2129 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2130 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2131
2132 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2133
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002134 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002135 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002136
2137 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2138
2139 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2140
2141 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2142 of the device.
2143
2144 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2145
2146 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2147 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002148 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002149
2150 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2151
2152 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2153 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2154
2155 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2156
2157 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2158
2159 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2160
2161 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2162
2163 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2164
2165 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2166
2167 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2168
2169 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2170 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2171
2172 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2173
2174 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2175
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002176- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2177
2178 Several configurations allow to display the current
2179 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2180 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2181 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2182 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2183 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2184 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2185 feature in U-Boot.
2186
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002187 Additional options:
2188
2189 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2190 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2191 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2192 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2193 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2194
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002195 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2196 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2197 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2198 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2199 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2200 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2201
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2203
2204 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2205 on those systems that support this (optional)
2206 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2207
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002208- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002209
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002210 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2211 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2212 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2213 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2214 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2215 interface.
2216
2217 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002218 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2219 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2220 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2221 for defining speed and slave address
2222 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2223 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2224 for defining speed and slave address
2225 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2226 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2227 for defining speed and slave address
2228 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2229 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2230 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002231
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002232 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2233 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2234 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2235 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2236 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2237 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002238 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002239 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2240 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2241 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2242 second bus.
2243
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002244 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002245 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2246 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2247 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002248
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002249 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2250 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2251 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2252 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2253
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002254 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2255 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2256 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2257 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2258 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2259 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2260 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2261 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2262 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2263 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2264
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002265 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2266 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2267 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2268
2269 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2270 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2271 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2272 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2273 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2274 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2275 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2276 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2277 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2278
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002279 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2280 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2281 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2282
2283 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2284 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2285 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2286 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2287 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2288 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2289 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2290 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2291 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2292 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2293 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2294 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2295 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2296
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002297 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2298 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2299 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2300 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2301 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2302 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2303 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2304 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2305 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2306 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2307 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2308 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2309
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002310 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2311 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2312 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2313 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2314
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302315 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2316 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2317 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2318 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2319 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2320
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002321 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2322 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2323 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2324 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2325 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2326 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2327 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2328 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2329 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2330 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2331 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2332 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2333 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2334 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2335
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002336 additional defines:
2337
2338 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2339 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2340 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2341 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2342 omit this define.
2343
2344 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2345 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2346 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2347 omit this define.
2348
2349 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2350 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2351 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2352 define.
2353
2354 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2355 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2356 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2357 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2358 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2359
2360 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2361 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2362 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2363 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2364 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2365 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2366 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2367 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2368 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2369 }
2370
2371 which defines
2372 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002373 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2374 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2375 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2376 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2377 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002378 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002379 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2380 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002381
2382 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2383
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002384- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002385
2386 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2387 provides the following compelling advantages:
2388
2389 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2390 - approved multibus support
2391 - better i2c mux support
2392
2393 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2394
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002395 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2396 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2397 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002398
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002399 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002400 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002401 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2402 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002403 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002404
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002405 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002406
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002407 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002408 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002410 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002411 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002412 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002413 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002414
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002415 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002416 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002417 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2418 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2419 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002420
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002421 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2422
2423 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2424 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2425 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2426 commands until the slave device responds.
2427
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002428 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002429
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002430 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002431 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2432 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002433
2434 I2C_INIT
2435
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002436 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002437 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002438
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002439 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002440
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002441 I2C_PORT
2442
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002443 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2444 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2445 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002446
2447 I2C_ACTIVE
2448
2449 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2450 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2451 define can be null.
2452
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002453 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2454
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002455 I2C_TRISTATE
2456
2457 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2458 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2459 define can be null.
2460
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002461 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2462
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002463 I2C_READ
2464
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002465 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2466 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002468 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2469
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002470 I2C_SDA(bit)
2471
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002472 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2473 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002474
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002475 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002476 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002477 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002478
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002479 I2C_SCL(bit)
2480
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002481 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2482 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002483
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002484 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002485 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002486 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002487
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002488 I2C_DELAY
2489
2490 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2491 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002492 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002493 like:
2494
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002495 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002496
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002497 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2498
2499 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2500 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2501 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2502 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2503
2504 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2505 the generic GPIO functions.
2506
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002507 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002508
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002509 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2510 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2511 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2512 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2513 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2514 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2515 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2516 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002517
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002518 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2519
2520 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2521 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2522 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2523 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2524 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2525 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2526 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2527 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2528
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002529 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2530
2531 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2532 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2533 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2534
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002535 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2536
2537 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002538 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2539 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002540 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002542 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002543
2544 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002545 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002546 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2547 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002548
2549 e.g.
2550 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002551 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002552
2553 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2554
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002555 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002556 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002557
2558 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002560 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002561
2562 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2563 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002565 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002566
2567 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2568 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2569
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002570 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002571
2572 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2573 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002575 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002576
2577 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2578 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2579 specified DTT device.
2580
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002581 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2582
2583 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2584 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2585 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2586 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2587 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2588 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2589 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002590
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002591- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2592
2593 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2594 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2595 D/As on the SACSng board)
2596
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002597 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2598
2599 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2600 only SH7757 is supported.
2601
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002602 CONFIG_SPI_X
2603
2604 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2605 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2606
2607 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2608
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002609 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2610 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2611 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2612 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2613 defined, the board configuration must define several
2614 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2615 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002616
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002617 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2618
2619 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2620 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2621 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002622 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002623 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2624
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002625 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2626
2627 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002628 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002629
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002630 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2631 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2632 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2633
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002634- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2635
2636 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2637
2638 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2639
2640 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2641 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2642
2643 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2644
2645 Enables support for FPGA family.
2646 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2647
2648 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002649
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002650 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002651
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302652 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2653
2654 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2655
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002656 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2657
2658 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2659
2660 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2661
2662 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2663 (Xilinx only)
2664
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002665 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002666
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002667 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002669 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002670
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002671 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2672 status by the configuration function. This option
2673 will require a board or device specific function to
2674 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002675
2676 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2677
2678 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2679 configuration driver.
2680
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002681 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002682 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2683
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002684 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002685
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002686 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2687 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2688 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2689 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002691 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002693 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2694 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2695 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002696 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002697
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002698 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002699
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002700 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002701 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002702
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002703 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002704
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002705 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002706 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002707
2708- Configuration Management:
2709 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2710
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002711 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2712 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002713
2714- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2715
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002716 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2717 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002718 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002719 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2720 protects these variables from casual modification by
2721 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2722 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002723 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002724
2725 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2726 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002727 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002728 these parameters.
2729
2730 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2731 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002732 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002733 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2734 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2735 read-only.]
2736
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002737 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2738 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2739 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2740 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2741
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002742- Protected RAM:
2743 CONFIG_PRAM
2744
2745 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2746 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2747 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2748 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2749 this default value by defining an environment
2750 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2751 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2752 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2753 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2754 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2755 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2756 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2757
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002758 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002759 saveenv
2760
2761 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2762 either, which results in a memory region that will
2763 not be affected by reboots.
2764
2765 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2766 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2767 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2768 following board configurations are known to be
2769 "pRAM-clean":
2770
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002771 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2772 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002773 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002774
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002775- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2776 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2777 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2778 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2779 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2780 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2781 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2782
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002783- Error Recovery:
2784 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2785
2786 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2787 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2788 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002789 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002790 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2791 useful during development since you can try to debug
2792 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2793
2794 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2795
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002796 This variable defines the number of retries for
2797 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2798 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2799 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002800
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002801 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2802
2803 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2804
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002805 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2806
2807 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2808 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2809 try longer timeout such as
2810 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2811
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002812- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002813 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002814
2815 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2816
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002817 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2818 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002819
2820
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002821 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002822
2823 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2824 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2825 powerful command line syntax like
2826 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2827 constructs ("shell scripts").
2828
2829 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2830 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2831
2832
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002833 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002834
2835 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2836 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2837 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2838
2839 Note:
2840
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002841 In the current implementation, the local variables
2842 space and global environment variables space are
2843 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2844 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2845 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2846 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2847 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002849 Global environment variables are those you use
2850 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2851 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2852 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002853
2854 To store commands and special characters in a
2855 variable, please use double quotation marks
2856 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2857 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2858 symbols.
2859
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002860- Commandline Editing and History:
2861 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2862
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002863 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002864 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002865
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002866- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002867 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2868
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002869 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2870 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002871 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002872
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002873 For example, place something like this in your
2874 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002875
2876 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2877 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2878 "myvar2=value2\0"
2879
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002880 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2881 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2882 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2883 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002884 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002885 You better know what you are doing here.
2886
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002887 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2888 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002889 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002890 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002891
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002892 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2893
2894 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2895 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2896 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2897
2898 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2899
2900 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2901 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2902 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2903 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2904 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2905
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002906 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2907
2908 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2909 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2910 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2911
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002912 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2913
2914 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2915 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2916 that so that the environment is not available until
2917 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2918 this is instead controlled by the value of
2919 /config/load-environment.
2920
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002921- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002922 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2923
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002924 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2925 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2926 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002927
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002928- Serial Flash support
2929 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2930
2931 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2932 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2933
2934 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2935 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2936 commands.
2937
2938 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2939 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2940 flash is present on the system.
2941
2942 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2943 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2944 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2945 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2946
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002947 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2948
2949 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2950 test ('sf test').
2951
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302952 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2953
2954 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2955 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2956
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302957 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2958
2959 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2960 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2961 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2962
Heiko Schocher562f8df2014-07-18 06:07:21 +02002963 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_ST_ENABLE_WP_PIN
2964 enable the W#/Vpp signal to disable writing to the status
2965 register on ST MICRON flashes like the N25Q128.
2966 The status register write enable/disable bit, combined with
2967 the W#/VPP signal provides hardware data protection for the
2968 device as follows: When the enable/disable bit is set to 1,
2969 and the W#/VPP signal is driven LOW, the status register
2970 nonvolatile bits become read-only and the WRITE STATUS REGISTER
2971 operation will not execute. The only way to exit this
2972 hardware-protected mode is to drive W#/VPP HIGH.
2973
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002974- SystemACE Support:
2975 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2976
2977 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2978 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002979 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002980 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002981
2982 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002983 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002984
2985 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2986 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2987
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002988- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2989 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2990
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002991 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002992 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002993 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002994 number generator is used.
2995
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002996 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2997 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2998 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2999
3000 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003001 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3002 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3003 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3004 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3005 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3006 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3007
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003008- Hashing support:
3009 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3010
3011 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3012 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3013
3014 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3015
3016 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3017 size a little.
3018
3019 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
3020 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
3021
3022 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3023 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3024
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003025- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3026 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3027 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3028 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3029
3030 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3031 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3032 a boot from specific media.
3033
3034 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3035 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3036 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3037 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3038 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3039
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003040- Signing support:
3041 CONFIG_RSA
3042
3043 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003044 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003045
3046 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
3047 option.
3048
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003049- bootcount support:
3050 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3051
3052 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3053 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3054
3055 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3056 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3057 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3058 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3059 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3060 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3061 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3062 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3063 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3064 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3065 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3066 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3067 the bootcounter.
3068 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003069
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003070- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003071 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3072
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003073 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3074 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3075 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3076 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3077 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3078 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003079
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00003080- Detailed boot stage timing
3081 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3082 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3083 of the boot process.
3084
3085 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3086 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3087 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3088 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3089 the limit, recording will stop.
3090
3091 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3092 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3093
3094 Timer summary in microseconds:
3095 Mark Elapsed Stage
3096 0 0 reset
3097 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3098 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3099 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3100 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3101 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3102 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3103 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3104
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003105 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3106 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3107 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3108
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003109 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3110 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3111 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3112 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3113 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3114 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3115 For example:
3116
3117 bootstage {
3118 154 {
3119 name = "board_init_f";
3120 mark = <3575678>;
3121 };
3122 170 {
3123 name = "lcd";
3124 accum = <33482>;
3125 };
3126 };
3127
3128 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3129
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003130Legacy uImage format:
3131
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003132 Arg Where When
3133 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003134 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003135 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003136 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003137 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003138 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003139 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3140 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3141 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003142 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3144 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3145 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3146 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003147 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003148 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003149
3150 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3151 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3152 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3153 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3154 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3155 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3156 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003157 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003158 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3159 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3160
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003161 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003162
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003163 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003164 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3165 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003166
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003167 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3168 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3169 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3170 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3171 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3172 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3173 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3174 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3175 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3176 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3177 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3178 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3179 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3180 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3181 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3182 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3183 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3184 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3185 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3186 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3187 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3188 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3189 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3190 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3191 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3192 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3193 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3194 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3195 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3196 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3197 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3198 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3199 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3200 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3201 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3202 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3203 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3204 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3205 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3206 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3207 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3208 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3209 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3210 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3211 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3212 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3213 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003214
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003215 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003216
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003217 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003218 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3219 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003220
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003221 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3222 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003223 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003224 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3225 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3226 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003227 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3228 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003229 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003230
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003231FIT uImage format:
3232
3233 Arg Where When
3234 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3235 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3236 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3237 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3238 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3239 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003240 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003241 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3242 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3243 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3244 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3245 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003246 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3247 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003248 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3249 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3250 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3251 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3252 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3253 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3254 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3255 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3256
3257 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3258 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3259 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003260 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003261 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3262 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3263 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3264 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3265 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3266 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3267 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3268 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3269 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3270 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3271 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3272 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3273
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003274 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003275 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3276
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003277 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003278 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3279
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003280 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003281 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3282
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003283- legacy image format:
3284 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3285 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3286
3287 Default:
3288 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3289
3290 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3291 disable the legacy image format
3292
3293 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3294 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3295
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003296- FIT image support:
3297 CONFIG_FIT
3298 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3299
3300 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3301 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3302 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3303 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3304 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3305 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3306
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003307 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3308 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3309 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3310 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3311
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003312 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3313 signature check the legacy image format is default
3314 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3315 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3316
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003317 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3318 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3319 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3320 with this option.
3321
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003322- Standalone program support:
3323 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3324
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003325 This option defines a board specific value for the
3326 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3327 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003328 settings.
3329
3330- Frame Buffer Address:
3331 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3332
3333 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003334 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3335 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3336 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3337 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3338 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3339 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3340 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003341
3342 Please see board_init_f function.
3343
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003344- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3345 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3346 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3347 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3348
3349 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3350 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3351
3352- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3353 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3354
3355 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3356 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3357
3358 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3359
3360 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3361 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3362
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003363 CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
3364 verify if the written data is correct reread.
3365
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003366- UBI support
3367 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3368
3369 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3370 with the UBI flash translation layer
3371
3372 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3373
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003374 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3375
3376 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3377 warnings and errors enabled.
3378
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003379
3380 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3381 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3382 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3383 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3384 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3385 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3386
3387 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3388 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3389 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3390 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3391 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3392
3393 default: 4096
3394
3395 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3396 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3397 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3398 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3399 flash), this value is ignored.
3400
3401 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3402 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3403 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3404 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3405 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3406 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3407
3408 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3409 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3410 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3411 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3412 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3413 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3414 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3415 partition.
3416
3417 default: 20
3418
3419 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3420 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3421 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3422 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3423 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3424 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3425 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3426 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3427 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3428 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3429 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3430 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3431
3432 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3433 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3434 without a fastmap.
3435 default: 0
3436
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003437- UBIFS support
3438 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3439
3440 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3441 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3442
3443 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3444
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003445 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3446
3447 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3448 warnings and errors enabled.
3449
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003450- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003451 CONFIG_SPL
3452 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003453
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003454 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3455 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3456
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003457 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3458 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3459 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3460 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003461 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003462 must not be both defined at the same time.
3463
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003464 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003465 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3466 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3467 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3468 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003469
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003470 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3471 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003472
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003473 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3474 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3475 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3476
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003477 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3478 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3479
3480 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003481 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3482 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3483 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003484 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003485 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003486
3487 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3488 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3489
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003490 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3491 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3492 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3493 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3494
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003495 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3496 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3497
3498 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3499 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003500
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003501 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3502 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3503 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3504 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3505
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003506 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3507 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3508 See also: doc/README.falcon
3509
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003510 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3511 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3512 about the running system.
3513
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003514 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3515 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3516
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003517 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3518 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003519
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003520 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3521 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003522
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003523 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3524 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003525
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003526 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3527 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003528
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003529 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3530 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003531
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003532 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3533 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3534 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3535 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3536 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3537
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003538 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3539 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3540 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3541
3542 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3543 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3544 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3545 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3546 (for falcon mode)
3547
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003548 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3549 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3550
3551 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3552 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3553
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003554 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3555 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3556 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3557
3558 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3559 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3560 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3561
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003562 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3563 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3564 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3565 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3566 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3567
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303568 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3569 Avoid SPL relocation
3570
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003571 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3572 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3573 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3574
3575 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3576 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3577
3578 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3579 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3580
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003581 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003582 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3583 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003584
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003585 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3586 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3587 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3588
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003589 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3590 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003591 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003592
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003593 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3594 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3595 SPL binary.
3596
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003597 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3598 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3599 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3600 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3601 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3602 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003603 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003604
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303605 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3606 Add support NAND boot
3607
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003608 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003609 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3610
3611 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3612 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3613
3614 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3615 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003616
3617 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003618 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003619
3620 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3621 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3622 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3623
3624 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3625 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3626 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3627
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003628 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3629 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003630
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003631 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3632 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003633
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003634 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3635 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003636
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003637 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3638 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3639
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003640 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3641 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003642
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003643 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3644 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3645
3646 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3647 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3648 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3649 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3650
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003651 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003652 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3653 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3654 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3655 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3656 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003657
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003658 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3659 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3660 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3661 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3662
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003663 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3664 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3665 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3666 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3667 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3668
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003669- TPL framework
3670 CONFIG_TPL
3671 Enable building of TPL globally.
3672
3673 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3674 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3675 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003676 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3677 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3678 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003679
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003680Modem Support:
3681--------------
3682
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003683[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003685- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003686 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3687
3688- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3689 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3690
3691- Modem debug support:
3692 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3693
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003694 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3695 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003696
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003697- Interrupt support (PPC):
3698
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003699 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3700 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003701 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003702 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003703 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003704 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003705 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003706 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3707 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3708 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003710- General:
3711
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003712 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3713 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3714 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003715 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003716 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3717 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3718 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003719
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003720 If there are no modem init strings in the
3721 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3722 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003723 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724
3725 See also: doc/README.Modem
3726
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003727Board initialization settings:
3728------------------------------
3729
3730During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3731to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3732before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3733following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3734architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3735typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3736
3737- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3738- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3739- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3740- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003741
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003742Configuration Settings:
3743-----------------------
3744
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003745- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3746 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3747
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003748- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003749 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3750
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003751- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3752 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3753
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003754- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003755 prompt for user input.
3756
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003757- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003759- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003760
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003761- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003762
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003763- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003764 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3765 booted
3766
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003767- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003768 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3769
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003770- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003771 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003772
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003773- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003774 If the board specific function
3775 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3776 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003777 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3778
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003779- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003780 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003782- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003783 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003785- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003786 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3787 simple memory test.
3788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003789- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003790 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003792- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003793 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3794 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3795
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003796- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3797 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003798 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003799 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003800 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3801 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3802 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003803 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003804 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003805 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003806
3807 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3808 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3809 be touched.
3810
3811 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3812 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3813 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3814 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3815 problems.
3816
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003817- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003820- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003821 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003823- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003824 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3825 Cogent motherboard)
3826
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003827- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003830- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003831 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3832 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003833 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003834 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003836- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003837 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3838 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3839 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3840 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003842- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003843 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3844
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003845- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3846 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3847 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3848 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3849 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3850 space.
3851
3852 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3853 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3854 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
3855 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotton) when
3856 U-Boot relocates itself.
3857
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06003858 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003859 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3860
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003861- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003862 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3863 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003864 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003865 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003867- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003868 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3869 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003870 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3871 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003872 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003873 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003874 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003875 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3876 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3877 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003878
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003879- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3880 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3881 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3882 is enabled.
3883
3884- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3885 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3886 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3887
3888- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3889 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3890 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3891
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003892- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003893 Max number of Flash memory banks
3894
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003895- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003896 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3897
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003898- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003899 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3900
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003901- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003902 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003904- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003905 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3906
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003907- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003908 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003910- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003911 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3912 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3913
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003914- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915
3916 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3917 without this option such a download has to be
3918 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3919 copy from RAM to flash.
3920
3921 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3922 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003923 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3924 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003925 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003927- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003928 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003929 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003931- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003932 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3933 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003935- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3936 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3937 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3938 to the MTD layer.
3939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003940- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003941 Use buffered writes to flash.
3942
3943- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3944 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3945 write commands.
3946
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003947- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003948 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3949 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3950 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3951 optionally available.
3952
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003953- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3954 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3955 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3956 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3957
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003958- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3959 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3960 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3961 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3962 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3963 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3964 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3965 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003967- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003968 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3969 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003970 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3971 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003972 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003973 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3974
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003975- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3976
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003977 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3978 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3979 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3980 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3981 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003982
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003983- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3984- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003985 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003986 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3987 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3988 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3989
3990 The format of the list is:
3991 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003992 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3993 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003994 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3995 list = entry[,list]
3996
3997 The type attributes are:
3998 s - String (default)
3999 d - Decimal
4000 x - Hexadecimal
4001 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4002 i - IP address
4003 m - MAC address
4004
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004005 The access attributes are:
4006 a - Any (default)
4007 r - Read-only
4008 o - Write-once
4009 c - Change-default
4010
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004011 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4012 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
4013 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4014
4015 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4016 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4017 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4018 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4019 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4020 ".flags" variable.
4021
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004022- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4023 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4024 access flags.
4025
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004026- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4027 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4028 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4029 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4030 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4031 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
4032 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
4033 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
4034 your board please report the problem and send patches!
4035
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004036- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4037 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4038 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
4039 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004040
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004041The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4042of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4043following configurations:
4044
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004045- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4046
4047 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4048 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004050- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004051
4052 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4053
4054 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4055 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4056 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4057 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4058 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4059 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4060 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4061 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4062 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4063 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4064 between U-Boot and the environment.
4065
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004066 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004067
4068 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4069 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4070 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4071 for this sector is given here.
4072
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004073 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004074
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004075 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004076
4077 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4078 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004079 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004081 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004082
4083 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4084
4085
4086 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4087 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4088 the environment.
4089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004090 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004091
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004092 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004093 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004094 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4095 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4096
4097 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4098 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4099 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4100 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4101 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4102 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4103 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4104 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4105 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4106
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004107 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4108 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004109
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004110 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004111 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004112 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004113 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004114
4115BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4116source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4117accordingly!
4118
4119
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004120- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004121
4122 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4123 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4124 environment.
4125
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004126 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4127 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004128
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004129 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004130 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4131 can just be read and written to, without any special
4132 provision.
4133
4134BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
4135in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004136console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004137U-Boot will hang.
4138
4139Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4140environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4141keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4142to save the current settings.
4143
4144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004145- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004146
4147 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4148 device and a driver for it.
4149
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004150 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4151 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004152
4153 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4154 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4155
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004156 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4158 The default address is zero.
4159
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004160 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004161 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4162 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4163 would require six bits.
4164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004165 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004167 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004169 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4171 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4172
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004173 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004174 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4175 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4176 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4177 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4178 byte chips.
4179
4180 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4181 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4182 in the chip address.
4183
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004184 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004185 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4186
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004187 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4188 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4189 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4190
4191 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4192 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4193 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4194 EEPROM. For example:
4195
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004196 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004197
4198 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4199 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004201- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004202
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004203 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004204 want to use for the environment.
4205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004206 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4207 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4208 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004209
4210 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4211 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4212 at the specified address.
4213
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004214- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4215
4216 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4217 want to use for the environment.
4218
4219 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4220 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4221
4222 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4223 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4224 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4225
4226 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4227
4228 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4229
4230 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4231
4232 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4233 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4234 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4235 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4236 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4237
4238 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4239 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4240
4241 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4242
4243 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4244
4245 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4246
4247 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4248
4249 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4250
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004251- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4252
4253 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4254 want to use for the local device's environment.
4255
4256 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4257 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4258
4259 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4260 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4261 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004262 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004263
4264BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4265"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004266environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4267but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004269- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004270
4271 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4272 for the environment.
4273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004274 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4275 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004276
4277 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004278 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4279 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004280
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004281 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004283 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004284 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4285 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004286 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004287 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004288
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004289 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4290
4291 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4292 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4293 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4294 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4295 the range to be avoided.
4296
4297 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4298
4299 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4300 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4301 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4302 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4303 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004304
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004305- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4306
4307 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4308 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4309 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4310
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004311- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4312
4313 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4314 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4315 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4316
4317 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4318
4319 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4320
4321 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4322
4323 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4324 environment in.
4325
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004326 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4327
4328 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4329 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4330 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4331
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004332 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4333 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4334
4335 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4336 when storing the env in UBI.
4337
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004338- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4339 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4340
4341 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4342
4343 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4344
4345 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4346
4347 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4348 be as following:
4349
4350 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4351 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4352 partition table.
4353 - "D:0": device D.
4354 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4355 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4356 table.
4357 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
4358 If none, first valid paratition in device D. If no
4359 partition table then means device D.
4360
4361 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4362
4363 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
4364 envrionment.
4365
4366 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
4367 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the envrionment file.
4368
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004369- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4370
4371 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4372 environment.
4373
4374 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4375
4376 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4377
4378 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4379
4380 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4381 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4382 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4383
4384 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4385 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4386
4387 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4388 area within the specified MMC device.
4389
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004390 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4391 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4392 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4393 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4394 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4395 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4396 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4397
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004398 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4399 MMC sector boundary.
4400
4401 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4402
4403 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4404 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4405 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4406 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4407
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004408 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4409 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4410
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004411 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4412 an MMC sector boundary.
4413
4414 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4415
4416 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4417 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4418 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4419
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004420- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004421
4422 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4423 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4424 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4425 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4426 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4427 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4428 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4429
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004430Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004431has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004432created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004433until then to read environment variables.
4434
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004435The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4436is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4437with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4438necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4439"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4440have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004441
4442Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4443the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004444use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004445
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004446- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004447 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004448
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004449 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004450 also needs to be defined.
4451
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004452- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004453 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004454
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004455- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4456 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4457 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4458 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4459 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4460 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4461
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004462- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4463 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4464 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4465 to do this.
4466
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004467- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4468 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4469 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4470 present.
4471
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004472- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4473 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4474 build system checks that the actual size does not
4475 exceed it.
4476
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004477Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004478---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004479
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004480- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004481 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4482
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004483- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004484 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004485
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004486 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4487 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4488 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004489
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004490- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4491 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4492 PowerPC SOCs.
4493
4494- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4495 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4496 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4497
4498 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4499 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4500
4501- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4502 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4503 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004504 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004505 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4506 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4507 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4508
4509 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4510 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4511
4512- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004513 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4514 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004515 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4516 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4517
4518- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4519 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4520 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4521 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4522
4523- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4524 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4525 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4526
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004527- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004528 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004529
4530 the default drive number (default value 0)
4531
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004532 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004533
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004534 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004535 (default value 1)
4536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004537 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004538
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004539 defines the offset of register from address. It
4540 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004541 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004542
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004543 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4544 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004545 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004547 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004548 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4549 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4550 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4551 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004552
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004553- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4554 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4555 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4556 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4557 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4558 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4559 is requierd.
4560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004561- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004562 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004563 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004565- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004567 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4569 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4570 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4571 will become available only after programming the
4572 memory controller and running certain initialization
4573 sequences.
4574
4575 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4576 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4577 - MPC824X: data cache
4578 - PPC4xx: data cache
4579
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004580- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004581
4582 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004583 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4584 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004585 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004586 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004587 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4588 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4589 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004590
4591 Note:
4592 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4593 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004594 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004595 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4596 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4597
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004598- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004599
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004600- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004601
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004602- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004604- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004606- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004608- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004610- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004611 SDRAM timing
4612
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004613- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004614 periodic timer for refresh
4615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004616- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004618- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4619 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4620 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4621 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4623
4624- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004625 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4626 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4628
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004629- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4630 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4632 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4633
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004634- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4636 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004638- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004639 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4640 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004642- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4644 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4645
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004646- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004647 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4648 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4649 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004651- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004652 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4653 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4654 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4655 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004657- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4658 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4659 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4660 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4661 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4662 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4663 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4664 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004665 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004666
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004667- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4668 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4669 required.
4670
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004671- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4672 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4673 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4674 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4675 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4676 by coreboot or similar.
4677
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004678- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4679 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4680
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004681- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4682 Chip has SRIO or not
4683
4684- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4685 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4686
4687- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4688 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4689
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004690- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4691 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4692
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004693- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4694 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4695
4696- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4697 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4698
4699- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4700 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4701
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004702- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4703 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4704 a 16 bit bus.
4705 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004706 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004707 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004708 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004709
4710- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4711 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4712 a default value will be used.
4713
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004714- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004715 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4716 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4717
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004718 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4719 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4720
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004721- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004722 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4723 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4724 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004725
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004726- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4727 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4728 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4729 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4730 header files or board specific files.
4731
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004732- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4733 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4734
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004735- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004736 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4737 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004738
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004739- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4740 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4741
4742- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4743 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004744 to the given FEC; i. e.
4745 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004746 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4747
4748 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4749
4750- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4751 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4752 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4753
4754- CONFIG_RMII
4755 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4756 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4757 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4758
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004759- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4760 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4761 The syntax is:
4762
4763 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4764
4765 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4766 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4767 area should have.
4768
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004769- CONFIG_LOOPW
4770 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004771 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004772
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004773- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4774 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4775 "md/mw" commands.
4776 Examples:
4777
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004778 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004779 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4780
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004781 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004782 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4783
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004784 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004785 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004786
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004787- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004788 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004789 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4790 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4791 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004792
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004793 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4794 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4795 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4796 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004797
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004798- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004799 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4800 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4801 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004802
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004803- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4804 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4805 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4806 It is loaded by the SPL.
4807
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004808- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4809 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4810 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4811 previous 4k of the .text section.
4812
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004813- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4814 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4815 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4816 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4817 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4818 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4819 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4820 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4821
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004822- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4823 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4824 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4825 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4826 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4827
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004828- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4829 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4830 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004831
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004832- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4833 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4834
4835 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004836
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004837- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4838 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4839
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004840- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4841 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4842 driver that uses this:
4843 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4844
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004845Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4846-----------------------------------
4847
4848The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4849loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4850This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4851are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4852within that device.
4853
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004854- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4855 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4856 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4857 is also specified.
4858
4859- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4860 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004861 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4862 is also specified.
4863
4864- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4865 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4866 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4867 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4868 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4869
4870- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4871 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4872 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4873 virtual address in NOR flash.
4874
4875- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4876 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4877 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4878
4879- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4880 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4881 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4882
4883- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4884 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4885 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4886
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004887- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4888 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4889 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004890 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4891 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4892 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004893
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004894Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4895---------------------------------------------------------
4896The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4897"firmware".
4898This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4899are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4900within that device.
4901
4902- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4903 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4904
4905- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
4906 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4907 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
4908 is also specified.
4909
4910- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
4911 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4912 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4913 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4914 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4915
4916- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
4917 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4918 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
4919 virtual address in NOR flash.
4920
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004921Building the Software:
4922======================
4923
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004924Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4925and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4926all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4927(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4928recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4929which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004931If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4932have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4933you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4934Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4935necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004937 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4938 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004939
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004940Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4941 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4942 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4943 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4944
4945 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4946
4947 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4948 be executed on computers running Windows.
4949
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004950U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4951sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004952is done by typing:
4953
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004954 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004955
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004956where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004957rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004958
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004959Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4960 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4961 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4962 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004963 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004964
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004965 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004966 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004968 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004969 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004974Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4975images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004977- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4978- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4979- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004980
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004981By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4982in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4983this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4984
49851. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4986
4987 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004988 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004989 make O=/tmp/build all
4990
49912. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4992
4993 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4994 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004995 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004996 make all
4997
4998Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4999variable.
5000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005002Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5003for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5004native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005005
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5008to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5009steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050111. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005012 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5013 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050142. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5015 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5016 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
50173. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5018 your board
50193. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5020 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020050214. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050225. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5023 to be installed on your target system.
50246. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5025 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5029==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005030
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005031If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5032or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005033provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5034the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005035official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005036
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005037But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5038cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005039the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5040just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005041for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5042select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5043environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5044you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005050 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005051
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005052When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5053U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5054setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5055built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5056<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5057location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5058variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005059
5060 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5061 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5062 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5063
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005064With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5065log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5066during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005067
5068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005070
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072Monitor Commands - Overview:
5073============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005075go - start application at address 'addr'
5076run - run commands in an environment variable
5077bootm - boot application image from memory
5078bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005079bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005080tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5081 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5082 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005083tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5085diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5086loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5087loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5088md - memory display
5089mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5090nm - memory modify (constant address)
5091mw - memory write (fill)
5092cp - memory copy
5093cmp - memory compare
5094crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005095i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005096sspi - SPI utility commands
5097base - print or set address offset
5098printenv- print environment variables
5099setenv - set environment variables
5100saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5101protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5102erase - erase FLASH memory
5103flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005104nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005105bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5106iminfo - print header information for application image
5107coninfo - print console devices and informations
5108ide - IDE sub-system
5109loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005110loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005111mtest - simple RAM test
5112icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5113dcache - enable or disable data cache
5114reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5115echo - echo args to console
5116version - print monitor version
5117help - print online help
5118? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005120
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5122========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005126For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
5128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129Environment Variables:
5130======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005132U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5133can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005135Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5136"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5137without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5138environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5139working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5140environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005141
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005142Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5143
5144List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005154 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005156 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5157 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5158 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5159 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5160 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5161 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005162 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5163 bootm_mapsize.
5164
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005165 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005166 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5167 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5168 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5169 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5170 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5171 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005172
5173 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5174 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5175 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5176 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5177 environment variable.
5178
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005179 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5180 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5181 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005183 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5184 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5185 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5186 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005188 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5189 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5190 be automatically started (by internally calling
5191 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005193 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5194 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5195 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5196 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5197 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005198
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005199 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5200 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005201 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5202 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5203 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5204 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5205 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5206 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5207 access it during the boot procedure.
5208
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005209 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5210 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5211 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5212 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5213 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5214 must be accessible by the kernel.
5215
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005216 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5217 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5218 defined.
5219
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005220 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5221 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5222 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5223 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5224 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005226 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5227 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5228 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5229 is usually what you want since it allows for
5230 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5231 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005232 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005233 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5234 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5235 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5236 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005238 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5239 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5240 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5241 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5242 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5243 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005247 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5248 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5249 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5250 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5251 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5252 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5253 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005255 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5258 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005260 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005266 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005269
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005270 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005271
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005272 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5273 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005274
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005275 => setenv ethact FEC
5276 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5277 => setenv ethact SCC
5278 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005279
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005280 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5281 available network interfaces.
5282 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5283
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005284 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005285 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5286 When set to "once" the network operation will
5287 fail when all the available network interfaces
5288 are tried once without success.
5289 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5290 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005291
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005292 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005293
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005294 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
5295 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5296 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5297 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5298 is silent.
5299
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005300 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005301 UDP source port.
5302
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005303 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5304 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5305
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005306 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5307 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5308
5309 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5310 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5311 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5312 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5313 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5314 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5315 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5316
5317 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005318 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005320
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005321The following image location variables contain the location of images
5322used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5323not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5324variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5325server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5326loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5327flash or offset in NAND flash.
5328
5329*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5330boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5331boards use these variables for other purposes.
5332
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005333Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5334----- --------- ----------- --------------
5335u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5336Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5337device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5338ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5341updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5342depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005344 bootfile - see above
5345 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5346 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5347 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5348 hostname - Target hostname
5349 ipaddr - see above
5350 netmask - Subnet Mask
5351 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5352 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005353
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005355There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005356
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005357 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5358 as type string and/or serial number
5359 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005361These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5362the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5363once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005364
5365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005366Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5369 with the "version" command. This variable is
5370 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005371
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005372
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005373Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5374only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005375
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005376
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005377Callback functions for environment variables:
5378---------------------------------------------
5379
5380For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5381when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5382be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5383deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5384effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5385
5386The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5387U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5388
5389These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5390static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5391in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5392associations. The list must be in the following format:
5393
5394 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5395 list = entry[,list]
5396
5397If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5398Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5399
5400Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5401with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5402override any association in the static list. You can define
5403CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5404".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5405
5406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005407Command Line Parsing:
5408=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005409
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005410There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5411the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005413Old, simple command line parser:
5414--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005416- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5417- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005418- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005419- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5420 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005421 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005422- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5423 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425Hush shell:
5426-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005428- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5429 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5430 until...do...done, ...
5431- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5432 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5433 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5434 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005436General rules:
5437--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005438
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005439(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5440 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5441 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5442 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005444(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005445 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5447 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005448
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005449Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5450=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005451
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005452Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005453such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5454"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5457MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5458"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005460If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5461in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5462ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5463variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5466 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005468o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5469 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5470 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005472o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5473 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005475o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5476 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5477 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005478
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005479o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5480 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005481
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005482If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005483will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005484may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5485The naming convention is as follows:
5486"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005488Image Formats:
5489==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005490
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005491U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5492images in two formats:
5493
5494New uImage format (FIT)
5495-----------------------
5496
5497Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5498to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5499components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5500SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5501
5502
5503Old uImage format
5504-----------------
5505
5506Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5507preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5508details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5511 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005512 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5513 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5514 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005515* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005516 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5517 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005518* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5519* Load Address
5520* Entry Point
5521* Image Name
5522* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005524The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5525and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5526CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005527
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005529Linux Support:
5530==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5533easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5534U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5537special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5538"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5539instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5540serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005542- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5543 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5544 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005546- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5547 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005549- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5550 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5551 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5552 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5553 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5554 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005555
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005557Linux HOWTO:
5558============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5561---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005563U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5564configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5565(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5566Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005567
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005568But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5571include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005572Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5573and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005574as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005575
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005576Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5577If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5578is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5579doc/driver-model.
5580
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005582Configuring the Linux kernel:
5583-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5586device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005587
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005589Building a Linux Image:
5590-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005592With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5593not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5594"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5595U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5596which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5597100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005600
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005601 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005602 make oldconfig
5603 make dep
5604 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005606The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5607encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5608CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005614 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5615 -R .note -R .comment \
5616 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005618* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005620 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005623
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005624 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5625 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5626 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005627
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005629The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5630with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5631combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5632byte header containing information about target architecture,
5633operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5634stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005636"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5637print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005639In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5640contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5641checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005642
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005643 tools/mkimage -l image
5644 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005646The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5647from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005649 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5650 -n name -d data_file image
5651 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5652 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5653 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5654 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5655 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5656 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5657 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5658 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005659
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005660Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5661address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5662kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005664- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5665- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005667So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005669 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5670 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005671 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005672 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5673 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5674 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5675 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5676 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5677 Load Address: 0x00000000
5678 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5683 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5684 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5685 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5686 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5687 Load Address: 0x00000000
5688 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005690NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5691speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5692needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5693need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005694
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005695 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5697 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005698 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005699 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5700 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5701 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5702 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5703 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5704 Load Address: 0x00000000
5705 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005706
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5709when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005711 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5712 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5713 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5714 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5715 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5716 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5717 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5718 Load Address: 0x00000000
5719 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005720
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005721The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5722option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5723option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5724from the image:
5725
5726 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5727 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5728 indexed by 'position'
5729
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005731Installing a Linux Image:
5732-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005734To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5735you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005737 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005739The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5740image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5741address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5742specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5743command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005745Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5746TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005747
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005748 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005750 .......... done
5751 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005753 => loads 40100000
5754 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5755 ~>examples/image.srec
5756 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5757 ...
5758 15989 15990 15991 15992
5759 [file transfer complete]
5760 [connected]
5761 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005762
5763
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005764You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005765this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005768 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5771 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5772 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5773 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5774 Load Address: 00000000
5775 Entry Point: 0000000c
5776 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005777
5778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005779Boot Linux:
5780-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5783memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5784of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5785parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5786"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005787
5788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005789 => printenv bootargs
5790 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005792 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005794 => printenv bootargs
5795 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005797 => bootm 40020000
5798 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5799 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5800 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5801 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5802 Load Address: 00000000
5803 Entry Point: 0000000c
5804 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5805 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5806 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5807 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5808 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5809 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5810 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5811 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005812
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005813If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005814the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5815format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005816
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005817 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005818
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005819 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5820 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5821 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5822 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5823 Load Address: 00000000
5824 Entry Point: 0000000c
5825 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5828 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5829 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5830 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5831 Load Address: 00000000
5832 Entry Point: 00000000
5833 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005835 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5836 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5837 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5838 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5839 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5840 Load Address: 00000000
5841 Entry Point: 0000000c
5842 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5843 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5844 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5845 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5846 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5847 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5848 Load Address: 00000000
5849 Entry Point: 00000000
5850 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5851 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5852 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5853 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5854 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5855 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5856 ...
5857 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5858 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005861
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005862Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5863-----------
5864
5865First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5866titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5867following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5868flat device tree:
5869
5870=> print oftaddr
5871oftaddr=0x300000
5872=> print oft
5873oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5874=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5875Speed: 1000, full duplex
5876Using TSEC0 device
5877TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5878Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5879Load address: 0x300000
5880Loading: #
5881done
5882Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5883=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5884Speed: 1000, full duplex
5885Using TSEC0 device
5886TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5887Filename 'uImage'.
5888Load address: 0x200000
5889Loading:############
5890done
5891Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5892=> print loadaddr
5893loadaddr=200000
5894=> print oftaddr
5895oftaddr=0x300000
5896=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5897## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005898 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5899 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5900 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005901 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005902 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005903 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5904 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5905Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5906Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5907Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5908[snip]
5909
5910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005911More About U-Boot Image Types:
5912------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005914U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005916 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5917 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5918 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5919 the Standalone Program.
5920 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5921 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5922 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5923 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5924 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5925 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5926 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5927 being started.
5928 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5929 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5930 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5931 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5932 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5933 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005935 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5936 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5937 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5938 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5939 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5940 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005942 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5943 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5944 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005945
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005946 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5947 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5948 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5949 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005950
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005951Booting the Linux zImage:
5952-------------------------
5953
5954On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5955using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5956as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5957
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005958Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005959kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5960address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5961format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5962
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005964Standalone HOWTO:
5965=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005967One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5968run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5969U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005971Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005973"Hello World" Demo:
5974-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005976'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5977application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5978It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5979like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005981 => loads
5982 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5983 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5984 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5985 [file transfer complete]
5986 [connected]
5987 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005989 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5990 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5991 Hello World
5992 argc = 7
5993 argv[0] = "40004"
5994 argv[1] = "Hello"
5995 argv[2] = "World!"
5996 argv[3] = "This"
5997 argv[4] = "is"
5998 argv[5] = "a"
5999 argv[6] = "test."
6000 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6001 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006003 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006004
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006005Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6006handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6007Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6008The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6009character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6010controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006012 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6013 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6014 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6015 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006017 => loads
6018 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6019 ~>examples/timer.srec
6020 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6021 [file transfer complete]
6022 [connected]
6023 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006025 => go 40004
6026 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6027 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6028 Using timer 1
6029 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006030
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006031Hit 'b':
6032 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6033 Enabling timer
6034Hit '?':
6035 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6036 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6037Hit '?':
6038 [q, b, e, ?] .
6039 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6040Hit '?':
6041 [q, b, e, ?] .
6042 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6043Hit '?':
6044 [q, b, e, ?] .
6045 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6046Hit 'e':
6047 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6048Hit 'q':
6049 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006050
6051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006052Minicom warning:
6053================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006055Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6056"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6057consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6058Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6059especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006060use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6061http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6062for help with kermit.
6063
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006065Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6066configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006068 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6069 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6070 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006071
6072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006073NetBSD Notes:
6074=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006076Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6077(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006079Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6080NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6081need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6082Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6083attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6084missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006086 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6087 # mkdir powerpc
6088 # ln -s powerpc machine
6089 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6090 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006092Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6093and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006095Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6096stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6097proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6098tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006099meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006100
6101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006102Implementation Internals:
6103=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006105The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6106implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6107inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6108hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006109
6110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006111Initial Stack, Global Data:
6112---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006114The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6115starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6116system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6117This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6118is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6119at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6120options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6121models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6122MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6123locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006124
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006125 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006126 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006128 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6129 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6130 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6131 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006133 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6134 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6135 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6136 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6137 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006138 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006139 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6140 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006142 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6143 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006144 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006145 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6146 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6147 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6148 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006149
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006150 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006151 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6152 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006153 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006154 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6155 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6156 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6157 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6158 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006160 -Chris Hallinan
6161 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006163It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6164code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006166* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6167 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006168
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006169* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006170 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6171 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006173* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6174 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006176Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
6177normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
6178turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6179simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6180functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6181functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6182the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6183place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6184reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006186When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6187relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6188GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006190For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6191 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006192 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006193 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6194 R5-R10: parameter passing
6195 R13: small data area pointer
6196 R30: GOT pointer
6197 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006198
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006199 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6200 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6201 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006202
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006203 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006205 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6206 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6207 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6208 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6209 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6210 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006211
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006212On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006213 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6214
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006215 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006217On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006219 R0: function argument word/integer result
6220 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006221 R9: platform specific
6222 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006223 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6224 R12: temporary workspace
6225 R13: stack pointer
6226 R14: link register
6227 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006228
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006229 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6230
6231 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006232
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006233On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6234 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6235
6236 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6237
6238 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6239 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6240
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006241On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6242
6243 R0-R1: argument/return
6244 R2-R5: argument
6245 R15: temporary register for assembler
6246 R16: trampoline register
6247 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6248 R29: global pointer (GP)
6249 R30: link register (LP)
6250 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6251 PC: program counter (PC)
6252
6253 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6254
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006255NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6256or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006258Memory Management:
6259------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006261U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6262MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006264The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6265controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6266memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6267physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006268
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006269U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6270TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6271booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6272to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006273memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006274configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6275Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006277Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6278of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006280So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6281this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006283 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6284 :
6285 0x0000 1FFF
6286 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6287 :
6288 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006289
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006290 :
6291 :
6292 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6293 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6294 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6295 :
6296 0x00FD FFFF
6297 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6298 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6299 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6300 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006301
6302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006303System Initialization:
6304----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006306In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006307(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006308configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
6309To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6310To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6311initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6312which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6313part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6314the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006316Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6317preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6318(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6319on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6320programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6321simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6322banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006324When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6325different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6326bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
63270x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6328contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006329
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006330Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6331and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6332Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6333pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006335Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6336until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6337running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6338new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006339
6340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006341U-Boot Porting Guide:
6342----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006344[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6345list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006346
6347
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006348int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006349{
6350 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006351
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006352 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6353 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006355 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006356 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006357 return 0;
6358 }
6359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006360 Download latest U-Boot source;
6361
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006362 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006363
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006364 if (clueless)
6365 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006366
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006367 while (learning) {
6368 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006369 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6370 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006371 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006372 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006373 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006374
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006375 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6376 Buy a BDI3000;
6377 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006378 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006379
6380 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6381 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6382 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6383 } else {
6384 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6385 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006386 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006387 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6388 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006389
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006390 while (!accepted) {
6391 while (!running) {
6392 do {
6393 Add / modify source code;
6394 } until (compiles);
6395 Debug;
6396 if (clueless)
6397 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6398 }
6399 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6400 if (reasonable critiques)
6401 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6402 else
6403 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006404 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006406 return 0;
6407}
6408
6409void no_more_time (int sig)
6410{
6411 hire_a_guru();
6412}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006413
6414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006415Coding Standards:
6416-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006418All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006419coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006420"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006421
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006422Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6423MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6424reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6425sources.
6426
6427Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6428Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6429in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006430
6431Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6432- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006433- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006434- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006435- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006436- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6437
6438Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6439with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006440
6441
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006442Submitting Patches:
6443-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006445Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6446establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6447may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006448
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006449Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006450
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006451Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6452see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006454When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6455it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006456
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006457* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6458 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6459 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006461* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6462 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006464* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6465
6466* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6467
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006468* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6469 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006470
6471* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6472 document these in the README file.
6473
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006474* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6475 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006476 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006477 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6478 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006479
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006480 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6481 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6482 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006483
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006484 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6485 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6486 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6487 affected files).
6488
6489 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6490 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006491
6492* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6493 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6494
6495* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6496 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6497
6498
6499Notes:
6500
6501* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6502 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6503 for any of the boards.
6504
6505* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6506 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6507 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6508
6509* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6510 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6511 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6512 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6513 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6514 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006515
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006516* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6517 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6518 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6519 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.